Sema.h revision 7d24e289bea2accaaed79c6ca3e5cdd0c204ddc1
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 42#include <deque> 43#include <string> 44 45namespace llvm { 46 class APSInt; 47 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 48 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 49 class SmallBitVector; 50} 51 52namespace clang { 53 class ADLResult; 54 class ASTConsumer; 55 class ASTContext; 56 class ASTMutationListener; 57 class ASTReader; 58 class ASTWriter; 59 class ArrayType; 60 class AttributeList; 61 class BlockDecl; 62 class CXXBasePath; 63 class CXXBasePaths; 64 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 65 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 66 class CXXConstructorDecl; 67 class CXXConversionDecl; 68 class CXXDestructorDecl; 69 class CXXFieldCollector; 70 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 71 class CXXMethodDecl; 72 class CXXScopeSpec; 73 class CXXTemporary; 74 class CXXTryStmt; 75 class CallExpr; 76 class ClassTemplateDecl; 77 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 78 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 79 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 80 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 81 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 82 class CodeCompletionResult; 83 class Decl; 84 class DeclAccessPair; 85 class DeclContext; 86 class DeclRefExpr; 87 class DeclaratorDecl; 88 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 89 class DependentDiagnostic; 90 class DesignatedInitExpr; 91 class Designation; 92 class EnumConstantDecl; 93 class Expr; 94 class ExtVectorType; 95 class ExternalSemaSource; 96 class FormatAttr; 97 class FriendDecl; 98 class FunctionDecl; 99 class FunctionProtoType; 100 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 101 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 102 class InitListExpr; 103 class InitializationKind; 104 class InitializationSequence; 105 class InitializedEntity; 106 class IntegerLiteral; 107 class LabelStmt; 108 class LambdaExpr; 109 class LangOptions; 110 class LocalInstantiationScope; 111 class LookupResult; 112 class MacroInfo; 113 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 114 class NamedDecl; 115 class NonNullAttr; 116 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 117 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 118 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 119 class ObjCContainerDecl; 120 class ObjCImplDecl; 121 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 122 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 123 class ObjCIvarDecl; 124 template <class T> class ObjCList; 125 class ObjCMessageExpr; 126 class ObjCMethodDecl; 127 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 128 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 129 class OverloadCandidateSet; 130 class OverloadExpr; 131 class ParenListExpr; 132 class ParmVarDecl; 133 class Preprocessor; 134 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 135 class PseudoObjectExpr; 136 class QualType; 137 class StandardConversionSequence; 138 class Stmt; 139 class StringLiteral; 140 class SwitchStmt; 141 class TargetAttributesSema; 142 class TemplateArgument; 143 class TemplateArgumentList; 144 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 145 class TemplateDecl; 146 class TemplateParameterList; 147 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 148 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 149 class Token; 150 class TypeAliasDecl; 151 class TypedefDecl; 152 class TypedefNameDecl; 153 class TypeLoc; 154 class UnqualifiedId; 155 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 156 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 157 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 158 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 159 class UsingDecl; 160 class UsingShadowDecl; 161 class ValueDecl; 162 class VarDecl; 163 class VisibilityAttr; 164 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 165 class IndirectFieldDecl; 166 167namespace sema { 168 class AccessedEntity; 169 class BlockScopeInfo; 170 class CompoundScopeInfo; 171 class DelayedDiagnostic; 172 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 173 class FunctionScopeInfo; 174 class LambdaScopeInfo; 175 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 176 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 177} 178 179// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 180// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 181typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 182 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 183 184/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 185class Sema { 186 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 187 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 188 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 189public: 190 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 191 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 192 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 193 194 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 195 FPOptions FPFeatures; 196 197 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 198 Preprocessor &PP; 199 ASTContext &Context; 200 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 201 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 202 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 203 204 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 205 bool CollectStats; 206 207 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 208 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 209 210 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 211 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 212 213 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 214 DeclContext *CurContext; 215 216 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 217 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 218 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 219 220 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 221 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 222 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 223 224 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for #pragma pack. An alignment 225 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 226 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 227 228 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when #pragma ms_struct on 229 230 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for #pragma GCC visibility. 231 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 232 233 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 234 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 235 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 236 237 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 238 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 239 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 240 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 241 242 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 243 244 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 245 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 246 /// 247 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 248 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 249 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 250 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 251 252 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 253 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 254 ExtVectorDeclsType; 255 256 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 257 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 258 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 259 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 260 261 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 262 /// definitions being hidden. 263 /// 264 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 265 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 266 267 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 268 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 269 270 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 271 272 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 273 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 274 /// same list more than once. 275 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 276 277 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 278 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 279 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 280 281 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 282 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 283 /// 284 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 285 /// scoped, e.g., 286 /// 287 /// \code 288 /// void f() { 289 /// void foo(int, int); 290 /// } 291 /// \endcode 292 /// 293 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 294 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 295 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 296 /// 297 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 298 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 299 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 300 /// compatibility. 301 /// 302 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 303 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 304 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 305 /// not visible. 306 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 307 308 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 309 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 310 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 311 312 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 313 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 314 TentativeDefinitionsType; 315 316 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 317 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 318 319 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 320 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 321 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 322 323 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 324 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 325 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 326 327 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 328 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 329 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 330 331 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 332 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 333 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 334 335 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 336 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 337 /// exception spec. 338 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 339 340 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 341 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 342 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 343 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 344 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 345 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 346 347 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 348 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 349 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 350 void *OpaqueParser; 351 352 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 353 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 354 OpaqueParser = P; 355 } 356 357 class DelayedDiagnostics; 358 359 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 360 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 361 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 362 }; 363 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 364 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 365 366 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 367 /// during parsing and other processing. 368 class DelayedDiagnostics { 369 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 370 /// diagnostics should go. 371 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 372 373 public: 374 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 375 376 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 377 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 378 379 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 380 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 381 382 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 383 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 384 return CurPool; 385 } 386 387 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 388 /// collected in this pool. 389 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 390 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 391 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 392 CurPool = &pool; 393 return state; 394 } 395 396 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 397 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 398 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 399 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 400 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 401 } 402 403 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 404 /// not delayed. 405 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 406 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 407 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 408 CurPool = 0; 409 return state; 410 } 411 412 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 413 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 414 assert(CurPool == NULL); 415 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 416 } 417 } DelayedDiagnostics; 418 419 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 420 class ContextRAII { 421 private: 422 Sema &S; 423 DeclContext *SavedContext; 424 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 425 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 426 427 public: 428 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 429 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 430 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 431 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 432 { 433 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 434 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 435 } 436 437 void pop() { 438 if (!SavedContext) return; 439 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 440 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 441 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 442 SavedContext = 0; 443 } 444 445 ~ContextRAII() { 446 pop(); 447 } 448 }; 449 450 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 451 /// #pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 452 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 453 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 454 455 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 456 /// #pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 457 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 458 /// in the currently selected standard. 459 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 460 461 462 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 463 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 464 465 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 466 /// #pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 467 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 468 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 469 /// It would be best to refactor this. 470 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 471 472 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 473 474 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 475 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 476 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 477 Scope *TUScope; 478 479 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 480 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 481 482 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 483 /// standard library. 484 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 485 486 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 487 /// <initializer_list>. 488 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 489 490 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in <typeinfo>. 491 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 492 493 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 494 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 495 496 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 497 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 498 499 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 500 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 501 502 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 503 QualType NSNumberPointer; 504 505 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 506 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 507 508 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 510 511 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 512 QualType NSStringPointer; 513 514 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 515 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 516 517 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 518 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 519 520 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 521 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 524 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 527 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 528 529 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 530 QualType QIDNSCopying; 531 532 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 533 /// have been declared. 534 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 535 536 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 537 /// call was found yet. 538 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 539 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 540 /// call was found yet. 541 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 542 543 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 544 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 545 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 546 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 547 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 548 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 549 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 550 /// run time. 551 Unevaluated, 552 553 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 554 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 555 /// cases in a switch statment). 556 ConstantEvaluated, 557 558 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 559 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 560 /// expression at run time. 561 PotentiallyEvaluated, 562 563 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 564 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 565 /// in fact the current expression is used. 566 /// 567 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 568 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 569 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 570 /// until the default argument is used. 571 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 572 }; 573 574 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 575 /// expression evaluation contexts. 576 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 577 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 578 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 579 580 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 581 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 582 583 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 584 bool IsDecltype; 585 586 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 587 /// this expression evaluation context. 588 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 589 590 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 591 592 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 593 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 594 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 595 596 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 597 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 598 /// default function argument. 599 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 600 601 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 602 /// within this context. 603 /// 604 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 605 /// do not have lambda expressions. 606 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 607 608 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 609 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 610 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 611 612 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 613 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 614 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 615 616 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 617 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 618 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 619 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 620 bool IsDecltype) 621 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 622 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 623 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 624 625 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 626 delete LambdaMangle; 627 } 628 629 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 630 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 631 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 632 if (!LambdaMangle) 633 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 634 return *LambdaMangle; 635 } 636 }; 637 638 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 639 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 640 641 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 642 /// function. 643 /// 644 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 645 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 646 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 647 public: 648 enum Kind { 649 NoMemberOrDeleted, 650 Ambiguous, 651 Success 652 }; 653 654 private: 655 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 656 657 public: 658 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 659 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 660 {} 661 662 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 663 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 664 665 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 666 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 667 }; 668 669 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 670 /// for C++ records. 671 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 672 673 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 674 /// 675 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 676 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 677 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 678 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 679 /// checks. 680 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 681 682 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 683 684 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 685 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 686 687 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 688 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 689 690 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 691 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 692 /// 693 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 694 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 695 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 696 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 697 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 698 699 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 700 // argument locations. 701 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 702 703 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 704 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 705 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 706 707 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 708 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 709 710 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 711 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 712 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 713 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 714 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 715 716 /// Method selectors used in a @selector expression. Used for implementation 717 /// of -Wselector. 718 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 719 720 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 721 722 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 723 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 724 725 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 726 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 727 /// should not be used elsewhere. 728 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 729 730public: 731 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 732 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 733 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 734 ~Sema(); 735 736 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 737 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 738 void Initialize(); 739 740 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 741 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 742 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 743 744 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 745 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 746 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 747 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 748 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 749 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 750 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 751 752 void PrintStats() const; 753 754 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 755 /// template instantiation stacks. 756 /// 757 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 758 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 759 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 760 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 761 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 762 /// well. 763 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 764 Sema &SemaRef; 765 unsigned DiagID; 766 767 public: 768 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 769 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 770 771 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 772 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 773 if (!isActive()) return; 774 775 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 776 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 777 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 778 // 779 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 780 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 781 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 782 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 783 // eliminate that code. 784 FlushCounts(); 785 Clear(); 786 787 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 788 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 789 } 790 }; 791 792 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 793 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 794 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 795 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 796 } 797 798 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 799 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 800 801 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 802 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 803 804 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 805 806 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 807 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 808 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 809 810 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 811 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 812 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 813 814 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 815 816 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 817 818 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 819 820 void PushFunctionScope(); 821 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 822 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 823 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 824 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 825 826 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 827 return FunctionScopes.back(); 828 } 829 830 void PushCompoundScope(); 831 void PopCompoundScope(); 832 833 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 834 835 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 836 837 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 838 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 839 840 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 841 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 842 843 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to #pragma weak-generated Decls 844 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 845 846 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 847 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 848 // 849 850 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 851 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 852 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 853 } 854 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 855 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 856 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 857 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 858 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 859 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 860 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 861 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 862 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 863 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 864 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 865 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 866 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 867 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 868 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 869 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 870 SourceLocation Loc, 871 DeclarationName Entity); 872 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 873 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 874 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 875 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 876 877 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 878 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 879 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 880 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 881 882 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 883 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 884 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 885 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 886 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 887 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 888 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 889 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 890 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 891 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 892 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 893 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 894 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 895 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 896 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 897 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 898 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 900 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 901 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 902 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 903 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 904 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 905 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 906 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 907 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 908 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 909 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 910 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 911 912 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 913 914 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 915 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 916 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 917 918 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 919 struct TypeDiagnoser { 920 bool Suppressed; 921 922 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 923 924 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 925 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 926 }; 927 928 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 929 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 930 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 931 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 932 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 933 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 934 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 935 return II; 936 } 937 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 938 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 939 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 940 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 941 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 942 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 943 944 template<typename T1> 945 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 946 unsigned DiagID; 947 const T1 &Arg1; 948 949 public: 950 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 951 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 952 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 953 if (Suppressed) return; 954 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 955 } 956 957 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 958 }; 959 960 template<typename T1, typename T2> 961 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 962 unsigned DiagID; 963 const T1 &Arg1; 964 const T2 &Arg2; 965 966 public: 967 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 968 const T2 &Arg2) 969 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 970 Arg2(Arg2) { } 971 972 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 973 if (Suppressed) return; 974 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 975 } 976 977 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 978 }; 979 980 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 981 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 982 unsigned DiagID; 983 const T1 &Arg1; 984 const T2 &Arg2; 985 const T3 &Arg3; 986 987 public: 988 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 989 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 990 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 991 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 992 993 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 994 if (Suppressed) return; 995 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 996 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 997 } 998 999 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1000 }; 1001 1002 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1003 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1004 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1005 unsigned DiagID); 1006 1007 template<typename T1> 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1010 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1011 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1012 } 1013 1014 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1015 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1016 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1017 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1018 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1019 } 1020 1021 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1022 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1023 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1024 const T3 &Arg3) { 1025 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1026 Arg3); 1027 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1028 } 1029 1030 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1031 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1032 1033 template<typename T1> 1034 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1035 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1036 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1037 } 1038 1039 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1040 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1041 const T2 &Arg2) { 1042 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1043 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1044 } 1045 1046 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1047 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1048 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1049 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1050 Arg3); 1051 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1052 } 1053 1054 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1055 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1056 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1057 1058 template<typename T1> 1059 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1060 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1061 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1062 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1063 } 1064 1065 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1066 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1067 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1068 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1069 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1070 } 1071 1072 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1073 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1074 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1075 const T3 &Arg3) { 1076 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1077 Arg3); 1078 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1079 } 1080 1081 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1082 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1083 1084 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1085 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1086 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1087 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1088 SourceLocation Loc); 1089 1090 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1091 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1092 // 1093 1094 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1095 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1096 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1097 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1098 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1099 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1100 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1101 /// such as: 1102 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1103 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1104 1105 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1106 1107 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1108 1109 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1110 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1111 bool isClassName = false, 1112 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1113 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1114 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1115 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1116 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1117 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1118 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1119 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 1120 SourceLocation IILoc, 1121 Scope *S, 1122 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1123 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1124 1125 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1126 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1127 enum NameClassificationKind { 1128 NC_Unknown, 1129 NC_Error, 1130 NC_Keyword, 1131 NC_Type, 1132 NC_Expression, 1133 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1134 NC_TypeTemplate, 1135 NC_FunctionTemplate 1136 }; 1137 1138 class NameClassification { 1139 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1140 ExprResult Expr; 1141 TemplateName Template; 1142 ParsedType Type; 1143 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1144 1145 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1146 1147 public: 1148 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1149 1150 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1151 1152 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1153 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1154 1155 static NameClassification Error() { 1156 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1157 } 1158 1159 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1160 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1161 } 1162 1163 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1164 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1165 } 1166 1167 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1168 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1169 Result.Template = Name; 1170 return Result; 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1180 1181 ParsedType getType() const { 1182 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1183 return Type; 1184 } 1185 1186 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1187 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1188 return Expr; 1189 } 1190 1191 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1192 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1193 return Template; 1194 } 1195 1196 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1197 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1198 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1199 } 1200}; 1201 1202 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1203 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1204 /// 1205 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1206 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1207 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1208 /// 1209 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1210 /// 1211 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1212 /// 1213 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1214 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1215 /// 1216 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1217 /// 1218 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1219 /// disambiguate the name. 1220 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1221 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1222 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1223 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1224 const Token &NextToken); 1225 1226 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1227 1228 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1229 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1230 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1231 const LookupResult &Previous, 1232 Scope *S); 1233 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1234 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1235 DeclarationName Name, 1236 SourceLocation Loc); 1237 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1238 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1239 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1240 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1241 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1242 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1243 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1244 LookupResult &Previous); 1245 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1246 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1247 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1248 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1249 LookupResult &Previous, 1250 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1251 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1252 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1253 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1254 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1255 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1256 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1258 LookupResult &Previous, 1259 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1260 bool &AddToScope); 1261 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1262 1263 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1264 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1265 1266 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1267 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1268 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1269 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1270 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1271 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1272 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1273 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1274 SourceLocation Loc, 1275 QualType T); 1276 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1277 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1278 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1279 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1280 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1281 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1282 Expr *defarg); 1283 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1284 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1285 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1286 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1287 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1288 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1289 1290 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1291 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1292 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1293 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1294 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1295 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1296 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1297 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1298 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1299 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1300 Decl **Group, 1301 unsigned NumDecls); 1302 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1303 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1304 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1305 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1306 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1307 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1308 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1309 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1310 1311 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1312 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1313 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1314 1315 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1316 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1317 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1318 1319 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1320 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1321 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1322 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1323 1324 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1325 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1326 /// specified threshold. 1327 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1328 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1329 QualType ReturnTy, 1330 NamedDecl *D); 1331 1332 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1333 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1334 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1335 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1336 1337 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1340 /// 1341 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param Path The module access path. 1344 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1345 ModuleIdPath Path); 1346 1347 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1348 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1349 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1350 } 1351 1352 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1353 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1354 const Preprocessor &PP); 1355 1356 /// Scope actions. 1357 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1358 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1359 1360 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1361 DeclSpec &DS); 1362 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1363 DeclSpec &DS, 1364 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1365 1366 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1367 AccessSpecifier AS, 1368 RecordDecl *Record); 1369 1370 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1371 RecordDecl *Record); 1372 1373 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1374 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1375 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1376 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1377 1378 enum TagUseKind { 1379 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1380 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1381 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1382 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1383 }; 1384 1385 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1386 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1387 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1388 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1389 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1390 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1391 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1392 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1393 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1394 1395 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1396 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1397 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1398 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1399 AttributeList *Attr, 1400 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1401 1402 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1403 unsigned TagSpec, 1404 TagUseKind TUK, 1405 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1406 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1407 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1408 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1409 1410 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1411 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1412 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1413 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1414 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1415 1416 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1417 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1418 AccessSpecifier AS); 1419 1420 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1422 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1423 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1424 SourceLocation TSSL, 1425 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1426 Declarator *D = 0); 1427 1428 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1429 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1430 CXXCopyConstructor, 1431 CXXMoveConstructor, 1432 CXXCopyAssignment, 1433 CXXMoveAssignment, 1434 CXXDestructor, 1435 CXXInvalid 1436 }; 1437 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1438 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1439 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1440 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1441 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1442 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1443 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1444 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1445 1446 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1447 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1448 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1449 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1450 AttributeList *AttrList); 1451 1452 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1453 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1454 /// struct, or union). 1455 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1456 1457 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1458 1459 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1460 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1461 /// member declarations. 1462 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1463 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1464 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1465 1466 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1467 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1468 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1469 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1470 1471 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1472 1473 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1474 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1475 /// 1476 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1477 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1478 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1479 1480 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1481 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1482 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1483 1484 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1485 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1486 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1487 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1488 Expr *val); 1489 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1490 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1491 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1492 1493 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1494 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1495 AttributeList *Attrs, 1496 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1497 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1498 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1499 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1500 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1501 1502 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1503 1504 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1505 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1506 void PopDeclContext(); 1507 1508 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1509 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1510 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1511 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1512 1513 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1514 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1515 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1516 1517 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1518 1519 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1520 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1521 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1522 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1523 1524 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1525 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1526 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1527 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1528 1529 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1530 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1531 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1532 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1533 1534 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1535 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1536 1537 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1538 /// top level scope. 1539 /// 1540 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1541 /// 1542 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1543 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1544 1545 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1546 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1547 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1548 /// 1549 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1550 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1551 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1552 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1553 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1554 1555 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1556 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1557 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1558 1559 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1560 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1562 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1563 1564 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1565 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1566 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1567 VersionTuple Introduced, 1568 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1569 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1570 bool IsUnavailable, 1571 StringRef Message); 1572 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1573 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1574 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1575 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1576 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1577 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1578 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1579 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1580 1581 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1582 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1583 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1584 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1585 Scope *S); 1586 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1587 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1588 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1589 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1590 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1591 1592 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1593 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1594 enum AssignmentAction { 1595 AA_Assigning, 1596 AA_Passing, 1597 AA_Returning, 1598 AA_Converting, 1599 AA_Initializing, 1600 AA_Sending, 1601 AA_Casting 1602 }; 1603 1604 /// C++ Overloading. 1605 enum OverloadKind { 1606 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1607 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1608 Ovl_Overload, 1609 1610 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1611 /// an existing declaration. 1612 Ovl_Match, 1613 1614 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1615 /// non-function. 1616 Ovl_NonFunction 1617 }; 1618 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1619 FunctionDecl *New, 1620 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1621 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1622 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1623 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1624 1625 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1626 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1627 /// 1628 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1629 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1630 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1631 1632 ImplicitConversionSequence 1633 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1634 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1635 bool AllowExplicit, 1636 bool InOverloadResolution, 1637 bool CStyle, 1638 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1639 1640 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1641 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1642 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1643 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1644 bool InOverloadResolution, 1645 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1646 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1647 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1648 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1649 QualType &ConvertedType); 1650 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1651 QualType& ConvertedType); 1652 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1653 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1654 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1655 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1656 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1657 1658 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1659 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1660 CastKind &Kind, 1661 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1662 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1663 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1664 bool InOverloadResolution, 1665 QualType &ConvertedType); 1666 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1667 CastKind &Kind, 1668 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1669 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1670 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1671 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1672 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1673 QualType &ResultTy); 1674 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1675 1676 1677 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1678 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1679 QualType ResultType, 1680 Expr *Value, 1681 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1682 1683 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1684 ExprResult Init); 1685 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1686 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1687 ExprResult Init, 1688 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1689 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1690 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1691 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1692 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1693 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1694 1695 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1696 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1697 1698 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1699 enum CCEKind { 1700 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1701 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1702 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1703 }; 1704 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1705 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1706 1707 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1708 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1709 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1710 public: 1711 bool Suppress; 1712 bool SuppressConversion; 1713 1714 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1715 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1716 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1717 1718 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1719 /// integral or enumeration type. 1720 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1721 QualType T) = 0; 1722 1723 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1724 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1725 QualType T) = 0; 1726 1727 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1728 /// is explicit. 1729 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1730 QualType T, 1731 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1732 1733 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1734 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1735 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1736 1737 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1738 /// functions. 1739 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1740 QualType T) = 0; 1741 1742 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1743 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1744 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1745 1746 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1747 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1748 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1749 QualType T, 1750 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1751 1752 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1753 }; 1754 1755 ExprResult 1756 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1757 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1758 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1759 1760 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1761 OS_Array, 1762 OS_Dictionary, 1763 OS_Error 1764 }; 1765 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1766 1767 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1768 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1769 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1770 NamedDecl *Member); 1771 1772 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1773 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1774 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1775 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1776 1777 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1778 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1779 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1780 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1781 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1782 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1783 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1784 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1785 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1786 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1787 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1788 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1789 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1790 QualType ObjectType, 1791 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1792 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1793 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1794 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1795 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1796 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1797 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1798 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1799 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1800 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1801 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1802 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1803 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1804 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1805 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1806 QualType ObjectType, 1807 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1808 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1809 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1810 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1811 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1812 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1813 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1814 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1815 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1816 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1817 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1818 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1819 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1820 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1821 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1822 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1823 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1824 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1825 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1826 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1827 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1828 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1829 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1830 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1831 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1832 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1833 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1834 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1835 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1836 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1837 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1838 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1839 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1840 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1841 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1842 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1843 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1844 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1845 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1846 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1847 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1848 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1849 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1850 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1851 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1852 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1853 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1854 1855 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1856 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1857 1858 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1859 // identified by the expression Expr 1860 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1861 1862 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1863 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1864 // R (A) --> R(A) 1865 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1866 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1867 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1868 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1869 1870 FunctionDecl * 1871 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1872 QualType TargetType, 1873 bool Complain, 1874 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1875 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1876 1877 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1878 bool Complain = false, 1879 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1880 1881 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1882 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1883 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1884 bool Complain = false, 1885 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1886 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1887 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1888 1889 1890 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1891 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1892 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1893 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1894 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1895 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1896 1897 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1898 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1899 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1900 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1901 1902 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1903 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1904 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1905 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1906 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1907 Expr *ExecConfig, 1908 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1909 1910 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1911 unsigned Opc, 1912 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1913 Expr *input); 1914 1915 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1916 unsigned Opc, 1917 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1918 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1919 1920 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1921 SourceLocation RLoc, 1922 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1923 1924 ExprResult 1925 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1926 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1927 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1928 ExprResult 1929 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1930 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1931 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1932 1933 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1934 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1935 1936 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1937 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1938 /// that best represents the call. 1939 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1940 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1941 1942 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1943 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1944 bool CheckParameterNames); 1945 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1946 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1947 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1948 1949 /// \name Name lookup 1950 /// 1951 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1952 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1953 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1954 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1955 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1956 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1957 /// 1958 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1959 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1960 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1961 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1962 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1963 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1964 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1965 /// 1966 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1967 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1968 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1969 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1970 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1971 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1972 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1973 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1974 //@{ 1975 1976 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1977 enum LookupNameKind { 1978 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1979 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1980 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1981 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 1982 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 1983 /// structs, and unions. 1984 LookupTagName, 1985 /// Label name lookup. 1986 LookupLabel, 1987 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 1988 /// class/struct/union members. 1989 LookupMemberName, 1990 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 1991 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 1992 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 1993 LookupOperatorName, 1994 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 1995 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 1996 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 1997 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 1998 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 1999 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2000 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2001 LookupNamespaceName, 2002 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2003 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2004 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2005 LookupUsingDeclName, 2006 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2007 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2008 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2009 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2010 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2011 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2012 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2013 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2014 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2015 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2016 LookupAnyName 2017 }; 2018 2019 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2020 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2021 enum RedeclarationKind { 2022 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2023 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2024 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2025 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2026 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2027 ForRedeclaration 2028 }; 2029 2030 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2031 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2032 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2033 LOLR_Error, 2034 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2035 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2036 LOLR_Cooked, 2037 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2038 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2039 LOLR_Raw, 2040 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2041 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2042 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2043 LOLR_Template 2044 }; 2045 2046 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2047 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2048 bool ConstArg, 2049 bool VolatileArg, 2050 bool RValueThis, 2051 bool ConstThis, 2052 bool VolatileThis); 2053 2054private: 2055 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2056 2057 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2058 // 2059 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2060 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2061 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2062 2063 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2064 /// source. 2065 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2066 2067public: 2068 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2069 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2070 /// 2071 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2072 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2073 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2074 SourceLocation Loc, 2075 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2076 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2077 = NotForRedeclaration); 2078 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2079 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2080 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2081 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2082 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2083 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2084 bool EnteringContext = false); 2085 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2086 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2087 = NotForRedeclaration); 2088 2089 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2090 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2091 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2092 2093 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2094 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2095 2096 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2097 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2098 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2099 unsigned Quals); 2100 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2101 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2102 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2103 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2104 unsigned ThisQuals); 2105 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2106 2107 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2108 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2109 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2110 2111 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2112 SourceLocation Loc, 2113 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2114 ADLResult &Functions, 2115 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2116 2117 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2118 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2119 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2120 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2121 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2122 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2123 2124 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2125 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2126 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2127 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2128 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2129 bool EnteringContext = false, 2130 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2131 2132 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2133 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2134 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2135 2136 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2137 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2138 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2139 2140 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2141 //@} 2142 2143 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2144 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2145 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2146 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2147 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2148 SourceLocation Loc); 2149 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2150 Scope *S); 2151 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2152 2153 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2154 2155 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2156 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2157 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2158 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2159 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2160 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2161 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2162 2163 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2164 2165 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2166 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2167 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2168 2169 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2170 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2171 SourceRange Range); 2172 2173 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2174 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2175 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2176 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2177 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2178 2179 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2180 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2181 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2182 2183 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2184 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2185 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2186 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2187 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2188 2189 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2190 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2191 2192 typedef llvm::DenseSet<Selector, llvm::DenseMapInfo<Selector> > SelectorSet; 2193 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2194 2195 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2196 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2197 /// \param IDecl - Used for checking for methods which may have been 2198 /// inherited. 2199 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2200 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2201 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2202 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2203 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2204 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2205 2206 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2207 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2208 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2209 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2210 SourceLocation Loc); 2211 2212 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2213 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category @implementation. 2214 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2215 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2216 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2217 2218 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2219 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2220 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2221 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2222 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2223 2224 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2225 /// properties which must be synthesized in class's @implementation. 2226 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2227 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2228 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2229 2230 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2231 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2232 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2233 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2234 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2235 2236 2237 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2238 /// its protocols. 2239 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2240 IdentifierInfo *II); 2241 2242 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle @property declarations in 2243 //// class extensions. 2244 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2245 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2246 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2247 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2248 Selector GetterSel, 2249 Selector SetterSel, 2250 const bool isAssign, 2251 const bool isReadWrite, 2252 const unsigned Attributes, 2253 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2254 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2255 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2256 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2257 2258 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2259 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or @interface. 2260 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2261 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2262 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2263 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2264 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2265 Selector GetterSel, 2266 Selector SetterSel, 2267 const bool isAssign, 2268 const bool isReadWrite, 2269 const unsigned Attributes, 2270 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2271 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2272 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2273 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2274 2275 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2276 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2277 /// setter or getter. 2278 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2279 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2280 2281 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2282 2283 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2284 2285 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2286 MMS_loose, 2287 MMS_strict 2288 }; 2289 2290 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2291 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2292 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2293 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2294 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2295 2296 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2297 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2298 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2299 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2300 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2301 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2302 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2303 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2304 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2305 bool ImmediateClass, 2306 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2307 2308 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2309 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2310 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2311 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2312 2313 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2314 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2315 2316private: 2317 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2318 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2319 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2320 2321 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2322 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2323 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2324 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2325 bool warn, bool instance); 2326 2327public: 2328 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2329 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2330 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2331 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2332 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2333 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2334 } 2335 2336 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2337 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2338 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2339 } 2340 2341 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2342 /// pool. 2343 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2344 2345 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2346 /// there are multiple signatures. 2347 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2348 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2349 bool warn=true) { 2350 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2351 warn, /*instance*/true); 2352 } 2353 2354 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2355 /// there are multiple signatures. 2356 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2357 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2358 bool warn=true) { 2359 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2360 warn, /*instance*/false); 2361 } 2362 2363 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2364 /// implementation. 2365 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2366 2367 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2368 /// initialization. 2369 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2370 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2371 2372 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2373 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2374public: 2375 class FullExprArg { 2376 public: 2377 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2378 2379 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2380 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2381 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2382 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2383 2384 ExprResult release() { 2385 return move(E); 2386 } 2387 2388 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2389 2390 Expr *operator->() { 2391 return E; 2392 } 2393 2394 private: 2395 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2396 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2397 friend class Sema; 2398 2399 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2400 2401 Expr *E; 2402 }; 2403 2404 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2405 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg).release()); 2406 } 2407 2408 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2409 2410 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2411 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2412 2413 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2414 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2415 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2416 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2417 bool isStmtExpr); 2418 2419 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2420 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2421 public: 2422 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2423 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2424 } 2425 2426 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2427 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2428 } 2429 2430 private: 2431 Sema &S; 2432 }; 2433 2434 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2435 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2436 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2437 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2438 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2439 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2440 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2441 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2442 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2443 2444 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2445 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2446 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2447 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2448 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2449 2450 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs, 2451 Stmt *SubStmt); 2452 2453 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2454 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2455 Stmt *ThenVal, 2456 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2457 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2458 Expr *Cond, 2459 Decl *CondVar); 2460 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2461 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2462 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2463 FullExprArg Cond, 2464 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2465 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2466 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2467 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2468 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2469 2470 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2471 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2472 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2473 Decl *SecondVar, 2474 FullExprArg Third, 2475 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2476 Stmt *Body); 2477 ExprResult ActOnObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2478 Expr *collection); 2479 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2480 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2481 Stmt *First, Expr *Second, 2482 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Stmt *Body); 2483 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2484 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2485 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2486 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2487 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2488 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2489 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2490 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2491 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2492 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2493 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2494 2495 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2496 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2497 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2498 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2499 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2500 Expr *DestExp); 2501 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2502 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2503 2504 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2505 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2506 2507 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2508 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2509 2510 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2511 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2512 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2513 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2514 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2515 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2516 Expr *AsmString, 2517 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2518 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2519 bool MSAsm = false); 2520 2521 2522 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2523 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2524 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2525 bool Invalid = false); 2526 2527 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2528 2529 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2530 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2531 2532 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2533 2534 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2535 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2536 2537 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2538 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2539 Scope *CurScope); 2540 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2541 Expr *operand); 2542 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2543 Expr *SynchExpr, 2544 Stmt *SynchBody); 2545 2546 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2547 2548 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2549 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2550 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2551 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2552 2553 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2554 2555 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2556 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2557 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2558 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2559 2560 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2561 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2562 Stmt *TryBlock, 2563 Stmt *Handler); 2564 2565 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2566 Expr *FilterExpr, 2567 Stmt *Block); 2568 2569 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2570 Stmt *Block); 2571 2572 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2573 2574 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2575 2576 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2577 /// of it. 2578 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2579 2580 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2581 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2582 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2583 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2584 2585 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2586 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2587 /// 2588 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2589 /// if (condition); 2590 /// do_stuff(); 2591 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2592 const Stmt *Body, 2593 unsigned DiagID); 2594 2595 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2596 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2597 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2598 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2599 2600 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2601 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2602 } 2603 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2604 2605 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2606 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2607 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2608 } 2609 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2610 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2611 } 2612 2613 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2614 2615 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2616 SourceLocation Loc, 2617 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2618 2619 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2620 2621 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2622 StringRef message); 2623 2624 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2625 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2626 2627 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2628 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2629 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2630 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2631 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2632 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2633 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2634 SourceLocation Loc); 2635 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2636 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2637 2638 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2639 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2640 bool IsDecltype = false); 2641 2642 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2643 2644 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2645 2646 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2647 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2648 2649 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2650 2651 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2652 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2653 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2654 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2655 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2656 // named expressions. 2657 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2658 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2659 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2660 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2661 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2662 2663 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2664 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2665 2666 enum TryCaptureKind { 2667 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2668 }; 2669 2670 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2671 /// 2672 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2673 /// 2674 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2675 /// 2676 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2677 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2678 /// 2679 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2680 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2681 /// 2682 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2683 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2684 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2685 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2686 /// 2687 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2688 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2689 /// variable can be captured. 2690 /// 2691 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a refernce to the capture 2692 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2693 /// captured. 2694 /// 2695 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2696 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2697 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2698 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2699 QualType &CaptureType, 2700 QualType &DeclRefType); 2701 2702 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2703 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2704 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2705 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2706 2707 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2708 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2709 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2710 2711 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2712 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2713 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2714 2715 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2716 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2717 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2718 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2719 bool ForceComplain = false, 2720 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2721 2722 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2723 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2724 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2725 2726 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2727 /// evaluation context. 2728 /// 2729 /// \param stmt - If stmt is non-null, delay reporting the diagnostic until 2730 /// the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to 2731 /// determine if the statement is reachable. If it is unreachable, the 2732 /// diagnostic will not be emitted. 2733 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2734 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2735 2736 // Primary Expressions. 2737 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2738 2739 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2740 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2741 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2742 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2743 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2744 2745 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2746 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2747 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2748 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2749 2750 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2751 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2752 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2753 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2754 2755 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2756 IdentifierInfo *II, 2757 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2758 2759 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2760 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2761 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2762 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2763 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2764 2765 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2766 ExprValueKind VK, 2767 SourceLocation Loc, 2768 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2769 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2770 ExprValueKind VK, 2771 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2772 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2773 ExprResult 2774 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2775 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2776 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2777 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2778 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2779 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2780 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2781 LookupResult &R, 2782 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2783 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2784 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2785 LookupResult &R, 2786 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2787 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2788 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2789 const LookupResult &R, 2790 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2791 2792 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2793 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2794 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2795 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2796 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2797 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2798 2799 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2800 LookupResult &R, 2801 bool NeedsADL); 2802 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2803 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2804 NamedDecl *D); 2805 2806 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2807 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2808 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2809 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2810 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2811 2812 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2813 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2814 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2815 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2816 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2817 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2818 SourceLocation R, 2819 MultiExprArg Val); 2820 2821 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2822 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2823 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2824 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2825 2826 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2827 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2828 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2829 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2830 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2831 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2832 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2833 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2834 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2835 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2836 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2837 Expr **Exprs, 2838 unsigned NumAssocs); 2839 2840 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2841 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2842 Expr *InputExpr); 2843 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2844 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2845 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2846 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2847 2848 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2849 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2850 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2851 SourceRange R); 2852 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2853 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2854 ExprResult 2855 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2856 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2857 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2858 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2859 2860 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2861 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2862 2863 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2864 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2865 SourceRange ExprRange, 2866 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2867 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2868 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2869 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2870 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2871 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2872 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2873 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2874 2875 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2876 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2877 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2878 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2879 2880 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2881 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2882 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2883 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2884 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2885 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2886 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2887 2888 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2889 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2890 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2891 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2892 // defines a custom operator->). 2893 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2894 Scope *S; 2895 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2896 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2897 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2898 }; 2899 2900 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2901 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2902 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2903 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2904 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2905 LookupResult &R, 2906 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2907 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2908 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2909 2910 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2911 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2912 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2913 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2914 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2915 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2916 2917 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2918 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2919 const LookupResult &R); 2920 2921 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2922 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2923 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2924 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2925 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2926 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2927 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2928 2929 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2930 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2931 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2932 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2933 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2934 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2935 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2936 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2937 2938 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2939 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2940 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2941 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2942 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2943 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2944 bool ExecConfig = false); 2945 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2946 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2947 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2948 2949 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2950 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2951 /// locations. 2952 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2953 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2954 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2955 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2956 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2957 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2958 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2959 Expr *Config = 0, 2960 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2961 2962 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2963 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2964 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2965 2966 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2967 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2968 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2969 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2970 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2971 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2972 Expr *Op); 2973 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 2974 2975 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 2976 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2977 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 2978 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 2979 2980 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 2981 2982 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2983 ParsedType Ty, 2984 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2985 Expr *InitExpr); 2986 2987 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2988 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2989 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2990 Expr *LiteralExpr); 2991 2992 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2993 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 2994 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 2995 2996 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 2997 SourceLocation Loc, 2998 bool GNUSyntax, 2999 ExprResult Init); 3000 3001 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3002 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3003 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3004 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3005 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3006 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3007 3008 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3009 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3010 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3011 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3012 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3013 3014 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3015 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3016 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3017 3018 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3019 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3020 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3021 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3022 3023 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3024 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3025 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3026 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3027 union { 3028 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3029 Expr *E; 3030 } U; 3031 }; 3032 3033 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3034 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3035 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3036 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3037 unsigned NumComponents, 3038 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3039 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3040 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3041 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3042 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3043 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3044 unsigned NumComponents, 3045 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3046 3047 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3048 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3049 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3050 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3051 3052 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3053 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3054 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3055 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3056 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3057 3058 // __null 3059 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3060 3061 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3062 3063 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3064 enum IfExistsResult { 3065 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3066 IER_Exists, 3067 3068 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3069 IER_DoesNotExist, 3070 3071 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3072 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3073 IER_Dependent, 3074 3075 /// \brief An error occurred. 3076 IER_Error 3077 }; 3078 3079 IfExistsResult 3080 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3081 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3082 3083 IfExistsResult 3084 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3085 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3086 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3087 3088 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3089 bool IsIfExists, 3090 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3091 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3092 Stmt *Nested); 3093 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3094 bool IsIfExists, 3095 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3096 Stmt *Nested); 3097 3098 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3099 3100 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3101 /// started. 3102 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3103 3104 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3105 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3106 void ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 3107 3108 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3109 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3110 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3111 3112 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3113 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3114 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3115 Scope *CurScope); 3116 3117 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3118 3119 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3120 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3121 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3122 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3123 3124 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3125 3126 // Act on C++ namespaces 3127 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3128 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3129 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3130 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3131 SourceLocation LBrace, 3132 AttributeList *AttrList); 3133 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3134 3135 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3136 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3137 3138 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3139 3140 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3141 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3142 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3143 3144 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3145 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3146 /// 3147 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3148 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3149 3150 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3151 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3152 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3153 3154 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3155 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3156 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3157 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3158 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3159 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3160 AttributeList *AttrList); 3161 3162 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3163 3164 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3165 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3166 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3167 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3168 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3169 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3170 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3171 3172 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3173 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3174 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3175 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3176 NamedDecl *Target); 3177 3178 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3179 bool isTypeName, 3180 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3181 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3182 const LookupResult &Previous); 3183 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3184 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3185 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3186 3187 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3188 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3189 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3190 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3191 AttributeList *AttrList, 3192 bool IsInstantiation, 3193 bool IsTypeName, 3194 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3195 3196 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3197 3198 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3199 AccessSpecifier AS, 3200 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3201 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3202 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3203 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3204 AttributeList *AttrList, 3205 bool IsTypeName, 3206 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3207 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3208 AccessSpecifier AS, 3209 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3210 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3211 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3212 TypeResult Type); 3213 3214 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3215 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3216 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3217 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3218 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3219 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3220 3221 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3222 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3223 /// 3224 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3225 ExprResult 3226 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3227 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3228 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3229 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3230 3231 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3232 // the constructor can be elidable? 3233 ExprResult 3234 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3235 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3236 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3237 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3238 SourceRange ParenRange); 3239 3240 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3241 /// the default expr if needed. 3242 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3243 FunctionDecl *FD, 3244 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3245 3246 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3247 /// constructed variable. 3248 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3249 3250 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3251 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3252 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3253 // Pointer to allow copying 3254 Sema *Self; 3255 // We order exception specifications thus: 3256 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3257 // throw() comes next. 3258 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3259 // Finally no specification. 3260 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3261 // 3262 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3263 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3264 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3265 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3266 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3267 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3268 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3269 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3270 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3271 3272 void ClearExceptions() { 3273 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3274 Exceptions.clear(); 3275 } 3276 3277 public: 3278 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3279 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3280 if (!Self.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3281 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3282 } 3283 3284 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3285 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3286 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3287 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3288 return ComputedEST; 3289 } 3290 3291 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3292 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3293 3294 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3295 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3296 3297 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3298 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3299 3300 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3301 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3302 3303 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3304 void SetDelayed() { 3305 ClearExceptions(); 3306 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3307 } 3308 3309 /// \brief Have we been unable to compute this exception specification? 3310 bool isDelayed() { 3311 return ComputedEST == EST_Delayed; 3312 } 3313 3314 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3315 /// computed exception specification. 3316 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3317 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3318 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3319 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3320 } 3321 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3322 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3323 getEPI(EPI); 3324 return EPI; 3325 } 3326 }; 3327 3328 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3329 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3330 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3331 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3332 3333 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3334 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3335 /// will be const. 3336 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3337 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3338 3339 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3340 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3341 /// parameter will be const. 3342 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3343 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3344 3345 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3346 /// constructor of a class will have. 3347 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3348 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3349 3350 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3351 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3352 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3353 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3354 3355 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3356 /// destructor of a class will have. 3357 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3358 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3359 3360 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3361 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3362 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3363 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3364 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3365 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3366 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3367 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3368 3369 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3370 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3371 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3372 bool Diagnose = false); 3373 3374 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3375 /// 3376 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3377 /// default constructor will be added. 3378 /// 3379 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3380 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3381 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3382 3383 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3384 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3385 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3386 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3387 3388 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3389 /// 3390 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3391 /// destructor will be added. 3392 /// 3393 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3394 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3395 3396 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3397 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3398 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3399 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3400 3401 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3402 /// 3403 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3404 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3405 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3406 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3407 bool WasDelayed = false); 3408 3409 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3410 /// 3411 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3412 /// constructors will be added. 3413 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3414 3415 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3416 /// 3417 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3418 /// copy constructor will be added. 3419 /// 3420 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3421 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3422 3423 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3424 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3425 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3426 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3427 3428 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3429 /// 3430 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3431 /// move constructor will be added. 3432 /// 3433 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3434 /// declared. 3435 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3436 3437 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3438 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3439 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3440 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3441 3442 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3443 /// 3444 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3445 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3446 /// 3447 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3448 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3449 3450 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3451 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3452 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3453 3454 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3455 /// 3456 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3457 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3458 /// 3459 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3460 /// wasn't declared. 3461 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3462 3463 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3464 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3465 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3466 3467 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3468 /// class. 3469 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3470 3471 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3472 /// special member function. 3473 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3474 3475 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3476 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3477 /// 3478 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3479 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3480 3481 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3482 /// member function. 3483 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3484 3485 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3486 /// static member function. 3487 /// 3488 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3489 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3490 3491 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3492 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3493 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3494 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3495 3496 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3497 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3498 SourceLocation Loc, 3499 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3500 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3501 3502 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3503 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3504 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3505 ParsedType ObjectType, 3506 bool EnteringContext); 3507 3508 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3509 3510 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3511 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3512 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3513 3514 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3515 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3516 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3517 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3518 Declarator &D, 3519 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3520 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3521 Expr *E, 3522 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3523 3524 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3525 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3526 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3527 Expr *E, 3528 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3529 SourceRange Parens); 3530 3531 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3532 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3533 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3534 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3535 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3536 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3537 Expr *Operand, 3538 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3539 3540 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3541 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3542 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3543 void *TyOrExpr, 3544 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3545 3546 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3547 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3548 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3549 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3550 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3551 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3552 Expr *Operand, 3553 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3554 3555 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3556 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3557 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3558 void *TyOrExpr, 3559 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3560 3561 3562 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3563 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3564 3565 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3566 /// 3567 /// \param Capture If true, capture 'this' in this context. 3568 /// 3569 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3570 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3571 3572 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3573 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3574 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3575 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3576 3577 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3578 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3579 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3580 Sema &S; 3581 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3582 bool Enabled; 3583 3584 public: 3585 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3586 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3587 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3588 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3589 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3590 bool Enabled = true); 3591 3592 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3593 }; 3594 3595 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3596 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3597 /// 3598 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3599 /// 3600 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3601 /// capture list. 3602 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3603 3604 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3605 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3606 /// being defined. 3607 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3608 3609 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3610 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3611 3612 3613 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3614 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3615 3616 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3617 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3618 3619 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3620 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3621 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3622 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3623 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3624 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3625 3626 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3627 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3628 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3629 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3630 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3631 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3632 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3633 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3634 3635 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3636 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3637 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3638 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3639 3640 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3641 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3642 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3643 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3644 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3645 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3646 Expr *Initializer); 3647 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3648 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3649 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3650 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3651 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3652 QualType AllocType, 3653 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3654 Expr *ArraySize, 3655 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3656 Expr *Initializer, 3657 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3658 3659 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3660 SourceRange R); 3661 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3662 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3663 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3664 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3665 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3666 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3667 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3668 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3669 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3670 bool Diagnose = true); 3671 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3672 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3673 QualType Argument, 3674 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3675 3676 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3677 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3678 bool Diagnose = true); 3679 3680 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3681 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3682 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3683 Expr *Operand); 3684 3685 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3686 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3687 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3688 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3689 3690 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3691 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3692 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3693 SourceLocation RParen); 3694 3695 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3696 /// pseudo-functions. 3697 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3698 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3699 ParsedType Ty, 3700 SourceLocation RParen); 3701 3702 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3703 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3704 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3705 SourceLocation RParen); 3706 3707 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3708 /// pseudo-functions. 3709 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3710 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3711 ParsedType LhsTy, 3712 ParsedType RhsTy, 3713 SourceLocation RParen); 3714 3715 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3716 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3717 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3718 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3719 SourceLocation RParen); 3720 3721 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3722 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3723 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3724 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3725 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3726 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3727 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3728 3729 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3730 /// pseudo-functions. 3731 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3732 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3733 ParsedType LhsTy, 3734 Expr *DimExpr, 3735 SourceLocation RParen); 3736 3737 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3738 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3739 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3740 Expr *DimExpr, 3741 SourceLocation RParen); 3742 3743 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3744 /// pseudo-functions. 3745 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3746 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3747 Expr *Queried, 3748 SourceLocation RParen); 3749 3750 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3751 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3752 Expr *Queried, 3753 SourceLocation RParen); 3754 3755 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3756 Expr *Base, 3757 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3758 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3759 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3760 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3761 3762 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3763 3764 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3765 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3766 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3767 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3768 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3769 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3770 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3771 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3772 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3773 3774 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3775 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3776 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3777 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3778 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3779 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3780 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3781 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3782 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3783 3784 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3785 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3786 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3787 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3788 const DeclSpec& DS, 3789 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3790 3791 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3792 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3793 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3794 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3795 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3796 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3797 3798 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr); 3799 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3800 3801 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3802 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3803 3804 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3805 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3806 bool EnteringContext = false); 3807 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3808 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3809 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3810 3811 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3812 /// 3813 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3814 /// 3815 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3816 /// 3817 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3818 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3819 /// 3820 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3821 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3822 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3823 3824 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3825 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3826 3827 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3828 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3829 IdentifierInfo &II, 3830 ParsedType ObjectType); 3831 3832 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3833 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3834 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3835 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3836 QualType ObjectType, 3837 bool EnteringContext, 3838 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3839 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3840 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3841 3842 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3843 /// 3844 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3845 /// 3846 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3847 /// 3848 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3849 /// 3850 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3851 /// 3852 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3853 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3854 /// 3855 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3856 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3857 /// 3858 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3859 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3860 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3861 /// including this new type). 3862 /// 3863 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3864 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3865 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3866 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3867 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3868 ParsedType ObjectType, 3869 bool EnteringContext, 3870 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3871 3872 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3873 3874 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3875 const DeclSpec &DS, 3876 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3877 3878 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3879 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3880 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3881 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3882 ParsedType ObjectType, 3883 bool EnteringContext); 3884 3885 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3886 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3887 /// 3888 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3889 /// 3890 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3891 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3892 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3893 /// including this new type). 3894 /// 3895 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3896 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 3897 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3898 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3899 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3900 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3901 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3902 /// 3903 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3904 /// nested-name-specifier. 3905 /// 3906 /// 3907 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3908 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3909 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3910 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3911 TemplateTy Template, 3912 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3913 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3914 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3915 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3916 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3917 bool EnteringContext); 3918 3919 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3920 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3921 /// nested-name-specifier. 3922 /// 3923 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3924 /// 3925 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3926 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3927 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3928 3929 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3930 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3931 /// 3932 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3933 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3934 /// 3935 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3936 /// 3937 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3938 /// of the annotation pointer. 3939 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3940 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3941 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3942 3943 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3944 3945 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3946 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3947 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3948 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3949 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3950 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3951 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3952 3953 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3954 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3955 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3956 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3957 /// defining scope. 3958 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3959 3960 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3961 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3962 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3963 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3964 /// class X. 3965 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3966 3967 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3968 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3969 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3970 3971 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3972 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3973 bool KnownDependent = false); 3974 3975 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 3976 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 3977 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3978 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 3979 SourceLocation EndLoc, 3980 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 3981 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 3982 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 3983 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 3984 3985 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 3986 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 3987 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3988 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 3989 bool ExplicitParams, 3990 bool ExplicitResultType, 3991 bool Mutable); 3992 3993 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 3994 /// given lambda. 3995 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 3996 3997 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 3998 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 3999 4000 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4001 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4002 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4003 /// lambda. 4004 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4005 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4006 4007 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4008 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4009 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4010 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4011 4012 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4013 /// was successfully completed. 4014 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4015 Scope *CurScope, 4016 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4017 4018 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4019 /// function pointer. 4020 /// 4021 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4022 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4023 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4024 /// block pointer conversion. 4025 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4026 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4027 4028 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4029 /// block pointer. 4030 /// 4031 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4032 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4033 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4034 /// block pointer conversion. 4035 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4036 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4037 4038 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4039 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4040 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4041 Expr *Src); 4042 4043 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4044 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4045 Expr **Strings, 4046 unsigned NumStrings); 4047 4048 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4049 4050 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4051 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4052 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4053 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4054 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4055 bool Value); 4056 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4057 4058 // BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4059 // '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4060 // either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4061 // ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4062 // "char *" or "const char *". 4063 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4064 4065 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4066 Expr *IndexExpr, 4067 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4068 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4069 4070 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4071 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4072 unsigned NumElements); 4073 4074 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4075 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4076 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4077 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4078 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4079 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4080 4081 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4082 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4083 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4084 ParsedType Ty, 4085 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4086 4087 // ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for @selector 4088 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4089 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4090 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4091 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4092 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4093 4094 // ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for @protocol 4095 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4096 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4097 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4098 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4099 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4100 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4101 4102 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4103 // C++ Declarations 4104 // 4105 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4106 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4107 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4108 StringRef Lang, 4109 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4110 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4111 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4112 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4113 4114 4115 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4116 // C++ Classes 4117 // 4118 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4119 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4120 4121 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4122 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4123 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4124 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4125 4126 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4127 Declarator &D, 4128 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4129 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4130 bool HasDeferredInit); 4131 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4132 Expr *Init); 4133 4134 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4135 Scope *S, 4136 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4137 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4138 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4139 const DeclSpec &DS, 4140 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4141 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4142 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4143 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4144 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4145 4146 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4147 Scope *S, 4148 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4149 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4150 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4151 const DeclSpec &DS, 4152 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4153 Expr *InitList, 4154 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4155 4156 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4157 Scope *S, 4158 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4159 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4160 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4161 const DeclSpec &DS, 4162 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4163 Expr *Init, 4164 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4165 4166 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4167 Expr *Init, 4168 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4169 4170 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4171 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4172 Expr *Init, 4173 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4174 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4175 4176 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4177 Expr *Init, 4178 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4179 4180 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4181 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4182 4183 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4184 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4185 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4186 4187 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4188 4189 4190 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4191 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4192 /// referenced. 4193 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4194 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4195 4196 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4197 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4198 /// first use occurred. 4199 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4200 4201 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4202 /// materialized. 4203 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4204 4205 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4206 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4207 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4208 /// by code generation). 4209 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4210 4211 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4212 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4213 4214 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4215 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4216 DynamicClassesType; 4217 4218 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4219 /// unit. 4220 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4221 4222 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4223 /// given location. 4224 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4225 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4226 4227 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4228 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4229 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4230 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4231 4232 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4233 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4234 /// vtables. 4235 /// 4236 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4237 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4238 4239 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4240 4241 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4242 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4243 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4244 unsigned NumMemInits, 4245 bool AnyErrors); 4246 4247 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4248 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4249 Decl *TagDecl, 4250 SourceLocation LBrac, 4251 SourceLocation RBrac, 4252 AttributeList *AttrList); 4253 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4254 4255 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4256 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4257 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4258 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4259 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4260 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4261 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4262 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4263 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4264 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4265 4266 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4267 Expr *AssertExpr, 4268 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4269 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4270 4271 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4272 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4273 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4274 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4275 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4276 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4277 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4278 4279 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4280 StorageClass& SC); 4281 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4282 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4283 StorageClass& SC); 4284 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4285 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4286 StorageClass& SC); 4287 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4288 4289 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4290 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4291 4292 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4293 // C++ Derived Classes 4294 // 4295 4296 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4297 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4298 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4299 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4300 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4301 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4302 4303 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4304 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4305 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4306 ParsedType basetype, 4307 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4308 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4309 4310 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4311 unsigned NumBases); 4312 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4313 unsigned NumBases); 4314 4315 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4316 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4317 4318 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4319 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4320 4321 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4322 4323 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4324 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4325 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4326 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4327 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4328 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4329 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4330 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4331 DeclarationName Name, 4332 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4333 4334 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4335 4336 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4337 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4338 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4339 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4340 4341 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4342 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4343 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4344 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4345 4346 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4347 4348 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4349 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4350 4351 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4352 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4353 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4354 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4355 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4356 4357 4358 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4359 // C++ Access Control 4360 // 4361 4362 enum AccessResult { 4363 AR_accessible, 4364 AR_inaccessible, 4365 AR_dependent, 4366 AR_delayed 4367 }; 4368 4369 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4370 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4371 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4372 4373 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4374 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4375 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4376 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4377 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4378 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4379 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4380 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4381 bool Diagnose = true); 4382 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4383 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4384 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4385 AccessSpecifier Access, 4386 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4387 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4388 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4389 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4390 AccessSpecifier Access, 4391 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4392 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4393 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4394 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4395 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4396 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4397 NamedDecl *D, 4398 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4399 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4400 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4401 Expr *ArgExpr, 4402 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4403 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4404 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4405 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4406 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4407 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4408 unsigned DiagID, 4409 bool ForceCheck = false, 4410 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4411 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4412 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4413 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4414 AccessSpecifier access, 4415 QualType objectType); 4416 4417 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4418 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4419 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4420 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4421 4422 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4423 4424 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4425 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4426 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4427 4428 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4429 AbstractNone = -1, 4430 AbstractReturnType, 4431 AbstractParamType, 4432 AbstractVariableType, 4433 AbstractFieldType, 4434 AbstractArrayType 4435 }; 4436 4437 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4438 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4439 template<typename T1> 4440 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4441 unsigned DiagID, 4442 const T1 &Arg1) { 4443 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4444 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4445 } 4446 4447 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4448 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4449 unsigned DiagID, 4450 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4451 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4452 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4453 } 4454 4455 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4456 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4457 unsigned DiagID, 4458 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4459 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4460 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4461 } 4462 4463 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4464 4465 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4466 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4467 4468 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4469 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4470 // 4471 4472 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4473 4474 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4475 4476 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4477 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4478 // 4479 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4480 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4481 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4482 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4483 4484 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4485 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4486 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4487 4488 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4489 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4490 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4491 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4492 ParsedType ObjectType, 4493 bool EnteringContext, 4494 TemplateTy &Template, 4495 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4496 4497 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4498 SourceLocation IILoc, 4499 Scope *S, 4500 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4501 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4502 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4503 4504 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4505 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4506 4507 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4508 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4509 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4510 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4511 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4512 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4513 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4514 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4515 4516 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4517 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4518 unsigned Depth, 4519 unsigned Position, 4520 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4521 Expr *DefaultArg); 4522 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4523 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4524 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4525 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4526 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4527 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4528 unsigned Depth, 4529 unsigned Position, 4530 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4531 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4532 4533 TemplateParameterList * 4534 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4535 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4536 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4537 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4538 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4539 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4540 4541 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4542 /// list. 4543 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4544 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4545 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4546 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4547 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4548 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4549 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4550 }; 4551 4552 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4553 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4554 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4555 TemplateParameterList * 4556 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4557 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4558 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4559 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4560 unsigned NumParamLists, 4561 bool IsFriend, 4562 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4563 bool &Invalid); 4564 4565 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4566 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4567 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4568 AttributeList *Attr, 4569 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4570 AccessSpecifier AS, 4571 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4572 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4573 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4574 4575 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4576 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4577 4578 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4579 4580 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4581 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4582 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4583 4584 TypeResult 4585 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4586 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4587 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4588 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4589 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4590 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4591 4592 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4593 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4594 /// 4595 /// \param TUK 4596 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4597 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4598 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4599 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4600 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4601 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4602 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4603 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4604 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4605 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4606 4607 4608 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4609 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4610 LookupResult &R, 4611 bool RequiresADL, 4612 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4613 4614 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4615 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4616 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4617 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4618 4619 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4620 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4621 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4622 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4623 ParsedType ObjectType, 4624 bool EnteringContext, 4625 TemplateTy &Template); 4626 4627 DeclResult 4628 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4629 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4630 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4631 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4632 TemplateTy Template, 4633 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4634 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4635 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4636 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4637 AttributeList *Attr, 4638 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4639 4640 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4641 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4642 Declarator &D); 4643 4644 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4645 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4646 Declarator &D); 4647 4648 bool 4649 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4650 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4651 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4652 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4653 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4654 bool &SuppressNew); 4655 4656 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4657 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4658 LookupResult &Previous); 4659 4660 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4661 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4662 LookupResult &Previous); 4663 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4664 4665 DeclResult 4666 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4667 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4668 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4669 unsigned TagSpec, 4670 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4671 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4672 TemplateTy Template, 4673 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4674 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4675 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4676 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4677 AttributeList *Attr); 4678 4679 DeclResult 4680 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4681 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4682 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4683 unsigned TagSpec, 4684 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4685 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4686 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4687 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4688 AttributeList *Attr); 4689 4690 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4691 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4692 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4693 Declarator &D); 4694 4695 TemplateArgumentLoc 4696 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4697 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4698 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4699 Decl *Param, 4700 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4701 4702 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4703 /// argument is being checked. 4704 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4705 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4706 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4707 CTAK_Specified, 4708 4709 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4710 /// deduction. 4711 CTAK_Deduced, 4712 4713 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4714 /// via template argument deduction. 4715 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4716 }; 4717 4718 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4719 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4720 NamedDecl *Template, 4721 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4722 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4723 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4724 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4725 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4726 4727 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4728 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4729 /// 4730 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4731 /// provided. 4732 /// 4733 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4734 /// 4735 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4736 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4737 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4738 /// arguments. 4739 /// 4740 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4741 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4742 /// set of template arguments. 4743 /// 4744 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4745 /// arguments. 4746 /// 4747 /// 4748 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4749 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4750 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4751 /// 4752 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4753 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4754 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4755 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4756 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4757 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4758 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4759 4760 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4761 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4762 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4763 4764 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4765 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4766 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4767 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4768 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4769 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4770 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4771 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4772 4773 ExprResult 4774 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4775 QualType ParamType, 4776 SourceLocation Loc); 4777 ExprResult 4778 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4779 SourceLocation Loc); 4780 4781 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4782 /// for equality. 4783 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4784 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4785 /// that might be redeclarations. 4786 /// 4787 /// \code 4788 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4789 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4790 /// \endcode 4791 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4792 4793 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4794 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4795 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4796 /// 4797 /// \code 4798 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4799 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4800 /// \endcode 4801 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4802 4803 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4804 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4805 /// template parameter. 4806 /// 4807 /// \code 4808 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4809 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4810 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4811 /// \endcode 4812 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4813 }; 4814 4815 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4816 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4817 bool Complain, 4818 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4819 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4820 = SourceLocation()); 4821 4822 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4823 4824 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4825 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4826 /// 4827 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4828 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4829 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4830 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4831 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4832 TypeResult 4833 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4834 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4835 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4836 4837 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4838 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4839 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4840 /// 4841 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4842 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4843 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4844 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4845 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4846 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4847 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4848 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4849 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4850 TypeResult 4851 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4852 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4853 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4854 TemplateTy Template, 4855 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4856 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4857 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4858 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4859 4860 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4861 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4862 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4863 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4864 SourceLocation IILoc); 4865 4866 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4867 SourceLocation Loc, 4868 DeclarationName Name); 4869 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4870 4871 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4872 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4873 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4874 4875 std::string 4876 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4877 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4878 4879 std::string 4880 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4881 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4882 unsigned NumArgs); 4883 4884 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4885 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4886 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4887 4888 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4889 /// being diagnosed. 4890 /// 4891 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4892 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4893 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4894 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4895 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4896 4897 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4898 UPPC_BaseType, 4899 4900 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4901 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4902 4903 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4904 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4905 4906 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4907 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4908 4909 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4910 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4911 4912 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4913 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4914 4915 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4916 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4917 4918 /// \brief A using declaration. 4919 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4920 4921 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4922 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4923 4924 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4925 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4926 4927 /// \brief An initializer. 4928 UPPC_Initializer, 4929 4930 /// \brief A default argument. 4931 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4932 4933 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4934 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4935 4936 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4937 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4938 4939 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4940 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4941 4942 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4943 UPPC_IfExists, 4944 4945 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4946 UPPC_IfNotExists 4947}; 4948 4949 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4950 /// 4951 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4952 /// 4953 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4954 /// parameter packs. 4955 /// 4956 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4957 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4958 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4959 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 4960 4961 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4962 /// diagnose the error. 4963 /// 4964 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 4965 /// 4966 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 4967 /// packs. 4968 /// 4969 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4970 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 4971 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4972 4973 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 4974 /// pack, diagnose the error. 4975 /// 4976 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 4977 /// parameter packs. 4978 /// 4979 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4980 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 4981 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 4982 4983 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 4984 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 4985 /// 4986 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 4987 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 4988 /// 4989 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4990 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4991 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4992 4993 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4994 /// diagnose the error. 4995 /// 4996 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 4997 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 4998 /// 4999 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5000 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5001 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5002 5003 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5004 /// diagnose the error. 5005 /// 5006 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5007 /// 5008 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5009 /// parameter packs. 5010 /// 5011 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5012 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5013 TemplateName Template, 5014 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5015 5016 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5017 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5018 /// 5019 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5020 /// parameter packs. 5021 /// 5022 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5023 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5024 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5025 5026 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5027 /// template argument. 5028 /// 5029 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5030 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5031 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5032 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5033 5034 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5035 /// template argument. 5036 /// 5037 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5038 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5039 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5040 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5041 5042 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5043 /// type. 5044 /// 5045 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5046 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5047 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5048 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5049 5050 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5051 /// type. 5052 /// 5053 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5054 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5055 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5056 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5057 5058 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5059 /// nested-name-specifier. 5060 /// 5061 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5062 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5063 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5064 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5065 5066 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5067 /// name. 5068 /// 5069 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5070 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5071 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5072 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5073 5074 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5075 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5076 /// 5077 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5078 /// may already be invalid. 5079 /// 5080 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5081 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5082 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5083 5084 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5085 /// creates a pack expansion. 5086 /// 5087 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5088 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5089 /// 5090 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5091 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5092 5093 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5094 /// expansion. 5095 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5096 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5097 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5098 5099 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5100 /// expansion. 5101 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5102 SourceRange PatternRange, 5103 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5104 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5105 5106 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5107 /// creates a pack expansion. 5108 /// 5109 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5110 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5111 /// 5112 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5113 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5114 5115 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5116 /// creates a pack expansion. 5117 /// 5118 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5119 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5120 /// 5121 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5122 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5123 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5124 5125 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5126 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5127 /// transforming the pattern. 5128 /// 5129 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5130 /// pack expansion. 5131 /// 5132 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5133 /// the pack expansion. 5134 /// 5135 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5136 /// pattern. 5137 /// 5138 /// \param NumUnexpanded The number of unexpanded parameter packs in 5139 /// \p Unexpanded. 5140 /// 5141 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5142 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5143 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5144 /// 5145 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5146 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5147 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5148 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5149 /// 5150 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5151 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5152 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5153 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5154 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5155 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5156 /// set this value in other cases. 5157 /// 5158 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5159 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5160 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5161 /// must be set. 5162 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5163 SourceRange PatternRange, 5164 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5165 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5166 bool &ShouldExpand, 5167 bool &RetainExpansion, 5168 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5169 5170 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5171 /// type. 5172 /// 5173 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5174 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5175 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5176 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5177 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5178 5179 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5180 /// parameter packs. 5181 /// 5182 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5183 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5184 /// 5185 /// \code 5186 /// void f(T...); 5187 /// \endcode 5188 /// 5189 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5190 /// a variadic function. 5191 /// 5192 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5193 /// false otherwise. 5194 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5195 5196 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5197 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5198 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5199 5200 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5201 /// 5202 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5203 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5204 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5205 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5206 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5207 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5208 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5209 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5210 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5211 TDK_Success = 0, 5212 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5213 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5214 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5215 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5216 /// for every template parameter. 5217 TDK_Incomplete, 5218 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5219 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5220 TDK_Inconsistent, 5221 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5222 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5223 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5224 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5225 TDK_Underqualified, 5226 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5227 /// resulted in an error. 5228 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5229 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5230 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5231 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5232 /// arguments provided. 5233 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5234 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5235 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5236 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5237 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5238 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5239 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5240 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5241 /// template arguments for the given template. 5242 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5243 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5244 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5245 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5246 }; 5247 5248 TemplateDeductionResult 5249 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5250 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5251 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5252 5253 TemplateDeductionResult 5254 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5255 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5256 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5257 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5258 QualType *FunctionType, 5259 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5260 5261 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5262 // deduction for a call. 5263 struct OriginalCallArg { 5264 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5265 unsigned ArgIdx, 5266 QualType OriginalArgType) 5267 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5268 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5269 5270 QualType OriginalParamType; 5271 unsigned ArgIdx; 5272 QualType OriginalArgType; 5273 }; 5274 5275 TemplateDeductionResult 5276 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5277 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5278 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5279 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5280 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5281 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5282 5283 TemplateDeductionResult 5284 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5285 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5286 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5287 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5288 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5289 5290 TemplateDeductionResult 5291 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5292 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5293 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5294 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5295 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5296 5297 TemplateDeductionResult 5298 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5299 QualType ToType, 5300 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5301 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5302 5303 TemplateDeductionResult 5304 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5305 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5306 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5307 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5308 5309 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5310 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5311 DAR_Succeeded, 5312 DAR_Failed, 5313 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5314 }; 5315 5316 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5317 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5318 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5319 5320 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5321 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5322 SourceLocation Loc, 5323 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5324 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5325 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5326 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5327 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5328 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5329 SourceLocation Loc, 5330 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5331 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5332 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5333 bool Complain = true, 5334 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5335 5336 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5337 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5338 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5339 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5340 SourceLocation Loc); 5341 5342 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5343 bool OnlyDeduced, 5344 unsigned Depth, 5345 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5346 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5347 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5348 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5349 } 5350 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5351 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5352 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5353 5354 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5355 // C++ Template Instantiation 5356 // 5357 5358 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5359 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5360 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5361 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5362 5363 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5364 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5365 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5366 enum InstantiationKind { 5367 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5368 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5369 TemplateInstantiation, 5370 5371 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5372 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5373 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5374 /// arguments as specified. 5375 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5376 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5377 5378 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5379 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5380 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5381 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5382 5383 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5384 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5385 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5386 5387 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5388 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5389 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5390 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5391 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5392 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5393 5394 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5395 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5396 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5397 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5398 5399 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5400 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5401 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5402 5403 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5404 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5405 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5406 } Kind; 5407 5408 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5409 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5410 5411 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5412 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5413 /// arguments. 5414 NamedDecl *Template; 5415 5416 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5417 uintptr_t Entity; 5418 5419 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5420 /// are not part of the entity. 5421 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5422 5423 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5424 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5425 5426 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5427 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5428 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5429 5430 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5431 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5432 /// template instantiation. 5433 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5434 5435 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5436 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5437 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5438 5439 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5440 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5441 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5442 5443 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5444 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5445 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5446 return false; 5447 5448 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5449 return false; 5450 5451 switch (X.Kind) { 5452 case TemplateInstantiation: 5453 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5454 return true; 5455 5456 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5457 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5458 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5459 return false; 5460 5461 // Fall through 5462 5463 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5464 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5465 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5466 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5467 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5468 5469 } 5470 5471 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5472 } 5473 5474 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5475 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5476 return !(X == Y); 5477 } 5478 }; 5479 5480 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5481 /// 5482 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5483 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5484 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5485 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5486 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5487 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5488 5489 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5490 /// template instantiation. 5491 /// 5492 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5493 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5494 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5495 5496 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5497 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5498 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5499 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5500 5501 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5502 /// error or warning was produced. 5503 /// 5504 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5505 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5506 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5507 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5508 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5509 5510 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5511 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5512 /// 5513 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5514 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5515 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5516 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5517 5518 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5519 /// within a \c Sema object. 5520 /// 5521 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5522 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5523 Sema &Self; 5524 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5525 5526 public: 5527 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5528 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5529 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5530 } 5531 5532 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5533 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5534 } 5535 }; 5536 5537 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5538 5539 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5540 /// 5541 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5542 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5543 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5544 5545 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5546 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5547 /// deduction. 5548 /// 5549 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5550 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5551 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5552 5553 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5554 /// instantiation. 5555 /// 5556 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5557 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5558 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5559 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5560 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5561 /// 5562 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5563 /// the stack. 5564 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5565 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5566 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5567 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5568 Decl *Entity, 5569 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5570 5571 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5572 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5573 /// of a function template. 5574 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5575 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5576 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5577 5578 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5579 /// template-id. 5580 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5581 TemplateDecl *Template, 5582 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5583 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5584 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5585 5586 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5587 /// template-id. 5588 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5589 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5590 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5591 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5592 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5593 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5594 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5595 5596 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5597 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5598 /// specialization. 5599 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5600 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5601 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5602 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5603 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5604 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5605 5606 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5607 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5608 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5609 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5610 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5611 5612 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5613 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5614 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5615 NamedDecl *Template, 5616 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5617 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5618 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5619 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5620 5621 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5622 NamedDecl *Template, 5623 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5624 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5625 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5626 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5627 5628 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5629 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5630 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5631 TemplateDecl *Template, 5632 NamedDecl *Param, 5633 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5634 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5635 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5636 5637 5638 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5639 void Clear(); 5640 5641 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5642 5643 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5644 /// recursive template instantiations. 5645 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5646 5647 private: 5648 Sema &SemaRef; 5649 bool Invalid; 5650 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5651 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5652 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5653 5654 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5655 5656 InstantiatingTemplate& 5657 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5658 }; 5659 5660 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5661 5662 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5663 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5664 /// errors. 5665 /// 5666 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5667 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5668 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5669 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5670 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5671 5672 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5673 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5674 /// deduction.` 5675 class SFINAETrap { 5676 Sema &SemaRef; 5677 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5678 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5679 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5680 5681 public: 5682 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5683 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5684 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5685 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5686 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5687 { 5688 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5689 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5690 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5691 } 5692 5693 ~SFINAETrap() { 5694 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5695 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5696 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5697 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5698 } 5699 5700 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5701 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5702 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5703 } 5704 }; 5705 5706 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5707 /// variables. 5708 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5709 5710 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5711 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5712 5713 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5714 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5715 5716 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5717 /// name lookup. 5718 /// 5719 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5720 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5721 /// string represents a keyword. 5722 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5723 5724 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5725 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5726 5727 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5728 /// 5729 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5730 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5731 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5732 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5733 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5734 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5735 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5736 5737 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5738 /// but have not yet been performed. 5739 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5740 5741 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5742 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5743 /// 5744 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5745 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5746 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5747 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5748 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5749 5750 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5751 5752 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5753 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5754 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5755 5756 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5757 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5758 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5759 5760 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5761 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5762 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5763 5764 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5765 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5766 SourceLocation Loc, 5767 DeclarationName Entity, 5768 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5769 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5770 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5771 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5772 int indexAdjustment, 5773 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5774 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5775 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5776 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5777 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5778 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5779 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5780 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5781 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5782 5783 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5784 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5785 /// 5786 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5787 /// 5788 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5789 /// 5790 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5791 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5792 /// 5793 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5794 /// 5795 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5796 /// 5797 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5798 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5799 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5800 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5801 5802 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5803 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5804 5805 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5806 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5807 5808 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5809 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5810 bool CXXDirectInit); 5811 5812 bool 5813 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5814 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5815 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5816 5817 bool 5818 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5819 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5820 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5821 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5822 bool Complain = true); 5823 5824 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5825 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5826 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5827 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5828 5829 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5830 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5831 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5832 Decl *NewDecl; 5833 5834 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5835 Decl *D) 5836 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5837 { } 5838 }; 5839 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5840 5841 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5842 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5843 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5844 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5845 5846 bool 5847 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5848 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5849 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5850 bool Complain = true); 5851 5852 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5853 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5854 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5855 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5856 5857 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5858 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5859 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5860 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5861 5862 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5863 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5864 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5865 5866 DeclarationNameInfo 5867 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5868 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5869 TemplateName 5870 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5871 SourceLocation Loc, 5872 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5873 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5874 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5875 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5876 5877 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5878 FunctionDecl *Function); 5879 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5880 FunctionDecl *Function, 5881 bool Recursive = false, 5882 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5883 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5884 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5885 VarDecl *Var, 5886 bool Recursive = false, 5887 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5888 5889 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5890 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5891 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5892 5893 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5894 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5895 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5896 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5897 5898 // Objective-C declarations. 5899 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5900 OCK_None = -1, 5901 OCK_Interface = 0, 5902 OCK_Protocol, 5903 OCK_Category, 5904 OCK_ClassExtension, 5905 OCK_Implementation, 5906 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5907 }; 5908 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5909 5910 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5911 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5912 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5913 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5914 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5915 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5916 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5917 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5918 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5919 AttributeList *AttrList); 5920 5921 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5922 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5923 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5924 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5925 5926 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5927 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5928 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5929 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5930 5931 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5932 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5933 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5934 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5935 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5936 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5937 AttributeList *AttrList); 5938 5939 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5940 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5941 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5942 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5943 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5944 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5945 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5946 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5947 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5948 5949 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5950 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5951 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5952 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5953 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5954 5955 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5956 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5957 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5958 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5959 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5960 5961 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 5962 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 5963 5964 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 5965 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 5966 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 5967 unsigned NumElts); 5968 5969 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 5970 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 5971 unsigned NumElts, 5972 AttributeList *attrList); 5973 5974 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 5975 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 5976 unsigned NumProtocols, 5977 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 5978 5979 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 5980 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 5981 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 5982 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 5983 SourceLocation Loc, 5984 unsigned &Attributes); 5985 5986 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 5987 /// setters and getters as needed. 5988 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 5989 /// \param DC The semantic container for the property 5990 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 5991 /// in class extension. 5992 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 5993 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 5994 ObjCContainerDecl *DC, 5995 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 5996 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 5997 5998 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 5999 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6000 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6001 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6002 6003 6004 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6005 6006 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6007 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6008 6009 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6010 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6011 6012 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6013 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6014 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6015 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6016 6017 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6018 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6019 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6020 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6021 bool *OverridingProperty, 6022 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6023 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6024 6025 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6026 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6027 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6028 bool ImplKind, 6029 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6030 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6031 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6032 6033 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6034 OSMK_None, 6035 OSMK_Alloc, 6036 OSMK_New, 6037 OSMK_Copy, 6038 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6039 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6040 }; 6041 6042 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6043 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6044 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6045 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6046 // in this case. 6047 ParsedType Type; 6048 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6049 6050 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6051 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6052 }; 6053 6054 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6055 Scope *S, 6056 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6057 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6058 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6059 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6060 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6061 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6062 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6063 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6064 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6065 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6066 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6067 6068 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6069 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6070 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6071 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6072 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6073 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6074 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6075 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6076 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6077 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6078 bool IsInstance); 6079 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6080 bool IsInstance); 6081 6082 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6083 6084 ExprResult 6085 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6086 Expr *BaseExpr, 6087 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6088 DeclarationName MemberName, 6089 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6090 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6091 bool Super); 6092 6093 ExprResult 6094 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6095 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6096 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6097 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6098 6099 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6100 6101 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6102 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6103 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6104 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6105 ObjCSuperMessage, 6106 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6107 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6108 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6109 /// name. 6110 ObjCClassMessage 6111 }; 6112 6113 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6114 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6115 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6116 bool IsSuper, 6117 bool HasTrailingDot, 6118 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6119 6120 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6121 Selector Sel, 6122 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6123 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6124 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6125 MultiExprArg Args); 6126 6127 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6128 QualType ReceiverType, 6129 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6130 Selector Sel, 6131 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6132 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6133 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6134 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6135 MultiExprArg Args, 6136 bool isImplicit = false); 6137 6138 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6139 bool isSuperReceiver, 6140 SourceLocation Loc, 6141 Selector Sel, 6142 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6143 MultiExprArg Args); 6144 6145 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6146 ParsedType Receiver, 6147 Selector Sel, 6148 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6149 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6150 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6151 MultiExprArg Args); 6152 6153 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6154 QualType ReceiverType, 6155 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6156 Selector Sel, 6157 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6158 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6159 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6160 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6161 MultiExprArg Args, 6162 bool isImplicit = false); 6163 6164 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6165 QualType ReceiverType, 6166 SourceLocation Loc, 6167 Selector Sel, 6168 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6169 MultiExprArg Args); 6170 6171 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6172 Expr *Receiver, 6173 Selector Sel, 6174 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6175 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6176 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6177 MultiExprArg Args); 6178 6179 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6180 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6181 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6182 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6183 Expr *SubExpr); 6184 6185 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6186 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6187 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6188 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6189 ParsedType Type, 6190 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6191 Expr *SubExpr); 6192 6193 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6194 6195 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6196 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6197 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6198 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6199 bool IsImplementation); 6200 6201 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6202 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6203 RTC_Compatible, 6204 RTC_Incompatible, 6205 RTC_Unknown 6206 }; 6207 6208 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6209 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6210 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6211 6212 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6213 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6214 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6215 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6216 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6217 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6218 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6219 }; 6220 6221 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed #pragma options align. 6222 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6223 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6224 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6225 6226 enum PragmaPackKind { 6227 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6228 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6229 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6230 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6231 }; 6232 6233 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6234 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6235 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6236 }; 6237 6238 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed #pragma pack(...). 6239 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6240 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6241 Expr *Alignment, 6242 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6243 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6244 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6245 6246 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed #pragms ms_struct [on|off]. 6247 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6248 6249 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '#pragma unused'. 6250 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6251 Scope *curScope, 6252 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6253 6254 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed #pragma GCC visibility... . 6255 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6256 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6257 6258 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6259 SourceLocation Loc); 6260 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6261 6262 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident. 6263 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6264 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6265 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6266 6267 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6268 /// #pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6269 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6270 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6271 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6272 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6273 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6274 6275 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident = ident. 6276 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6277 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6278 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6279 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6280 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6281 6282 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6283 /// #pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6284 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6285 6286 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6287 /// a the record decl, to handle '#pragma pack' and '#pragma options align'. 6288 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6289 6290 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6291 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6292 6293 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6294 void FreePackedContext(); 6295 6296 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6297 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6298 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6299 SourceLocation Loc); 6300 6301 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6302 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6303 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6304 6305 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6306 /// for '#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6307 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6308 6309 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6310 void FreeVisContext(); 6311 6312 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6313 /// '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6314 /// the appropriate attribute. 6315 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6316 6317 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6318 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E); 6319 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T); 6320 6321 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6322 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6323 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6324 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6325 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6326 CCK_CStyleCast, 6327 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6328 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6329 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6330 CCK_OtherCast 6331 }; 6332 6333 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6334 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6335 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6336 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6337 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6338 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6339 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6340 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6341 6342 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6343 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6344 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6345 6346 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6347 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6348 /// required. 6349 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6350 6351 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6352 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6353 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6354 6355 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6356 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6357 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6358 6359 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6360 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6361 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6362 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6363 6364 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6365 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6366 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6367 // type. 6368 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6369 6370 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6371 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6372 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6373 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6374 6375 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6376 enum VariadicCallType { 6377 VariadicFunction, 6378 VariadicBlock, 6379 VariadicMethod, 6380 VariadicConstructor, 6381 VariadicDoesNotApply 6382 }; 6383 6384 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6385 /// form of call prototypes. 6386 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6387 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6388 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6389 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6390 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6391 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6392 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6393 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6394 6395 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6396 // will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6397 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6398 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6399 6400 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6401 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6402 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6403 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6404 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6405 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6406 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6407 6408 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6409 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6410 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6411 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6412 /// source and destination type. 6413 enum AssignConvertType { 6414 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6415 Compatible, 6416 6417 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6418 /// accept as an extension. 6419 PointerToInt, 6420 6421 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6422 /// accept as an extension. 6423 IntToPointer, 6424 6425 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6426 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6427 FunctionVoidPointer, 6428 6429 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6430 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6431 IncompatiblePointer, 6432 6433 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6434 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6435 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6436 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6437 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6438 6439 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6440 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6441 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6442 6443 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6444 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6445 /// like address spaces. 6446 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6447 6448 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6449 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6450 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6451 /// extension. 6452 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6453 6454 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6455 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6456 IncompatibleVectors, 6457 6458 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6459 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6460 IntToBlockPointer, 6461 6462 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6463 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6464 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6465 6466 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6467 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6468 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6469 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6470 6471 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6472 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6473 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6474 6475 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6476 /// represent it in the AST. 6477 Incompatible 6478 }; 6479 6480 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6481 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6482 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6483 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6484 SourceLocation Loc, 6485 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6486 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6487 bool *Complained = 0); 6488 6489 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6490 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6491 /// C99 6.5.16. 6492 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6493 QualType LHSType, 6494 QualType RHSType); 6495 6496 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6497 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6498 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6499 ExprResult &RHS, 6500 CastKind &Kind); 6501 6502 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6503 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6504 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6505 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6506 ExprResult &RHS, 6507 bool Diagnose = true); 6508 6509 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6510 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6511 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6512 ExprResult &RHS); 6513 6514 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6515 6516 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6517 6518 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6519 AssignmentAction Action, 6520 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6521 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6522 AssignmentAction Action, 6523 bool AllowExplicit, 6524 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6525 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6526 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6527 AssignmentAction Action, 6528 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6529 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6530 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6531 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6532 AssignmentAction Action, 6533 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6534 6535 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6536 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6537 6538 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6539 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6540 ExprResult &RHS); 6541 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6542 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6543 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6544 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6545 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6546 bool IsDivide); 6547 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6548 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6549 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6550 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6551 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6552 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6553 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6554 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6555 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6556 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6557 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6558 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6559 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6560 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6561 bool isRelational); 6562 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6563 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6564 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6565 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6566 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6567 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6568 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6569 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6570 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6571 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6572 6573 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6574 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6575 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6576 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6577 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6578 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6579 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6580 6581 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6582 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6583 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6584 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6585 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6586 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6587 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6588 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6589 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6590 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6591 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6592 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6593 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6594 NonStandardCompositeType); 6595 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6596 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6597 return Composite; 6598 } 6599 6600 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6601 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6602 6603 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6604 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6605 6606 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6607 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6608 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6609 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6610 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6611 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6612 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6613 SourceLocation Loc); 6614 6615 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6616 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6617 6618 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6619 6620 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6621 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6622 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6623 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6624 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6625 /// reference binding is not possible. 6626 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6627 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6628 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6629 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6630 Ref_Related, 6631 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6632 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6633 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6634 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6635 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6636 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6637 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6638 Ref_Compatible 6639 }; 6640 6641 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6642 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6643 bool &DerivedToBase, 6644 bool &ObjCConversion, 6645 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6646 6647 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6648 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6649 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6650 6651 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6652 /// given type. 6653 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6654 6655 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6656 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6657 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6658 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6659 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6660 CastKind &Kind); 6661 6662 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6663 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6664 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6665 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6666 // returns the cast expr 6667 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6668 CastKind &Kind); 6669 6670 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6671 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6672 Expr *CastExpr, 6673 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6674 6675 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6676 6677 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6678 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6679 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6680 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6681 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6682 6683 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6684 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6685 6686 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6687 QualType ExprType); 6688 6689 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6690 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6691 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6692 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6693 6694 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6695 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6696 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6697 6698 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6699 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6700 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6701 6702 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6703 /// \param Method - May be null. 6704 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6705 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6706 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6707 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6708 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6709 bool isSuperMessage, 6710 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6711 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6712 6713 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6714 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6715 /// and the form of the message send. 6716 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6717 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6718 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6719 6720 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6721 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6722 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6723 6724 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6725 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6726 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6727 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6728 /// 6729 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6730 /// 'if' keyword. 6731 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6732 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6733 6734 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6735 Expr *SubExpr); 6736 6737 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6738 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6739 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6740 6741 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6742 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6743 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6744 6745 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6746 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6747 6748 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6749 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6750 /// the specified diagnostic. 6751 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6752 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6753 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6754 6755 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6756 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6757 /// in the global scope. 6758 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6759 6760 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6761 /// expression violations. 6762 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6763 public: 6764 bool Suppress; 6765 6766 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6767 6768 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6769 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6770 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6771 }; 6772 6773 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6774 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6775 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6776 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6777 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6778 bool AllowFold = true); 6779 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6780 unsigned DiagID, 6781 bool AllowFold = true); 6782 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6783 6784 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6785 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6786 /// Returns false on success. 6787 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6788 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6789 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6790 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6791 6792 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6793 CFT_Device, 6794 CFT_Global, 6795 CFT_Host, 6796 CFT_HostDevice 6797 }; 6798 6799 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6800 6801 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6802 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6803 6804 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6805 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6806 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6807 } 6808 6809 /// \name Code completion 6810 //@{ 6811 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6812 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6813 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6814 PCC_Namespace, 6815 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6816 PCC_Class, 6817 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6818 /// or category. 6819 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6820 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6821 /// category implementation 6822 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6823 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6824 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6825 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6826 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6827 /// headers. 6828 PCC_Template, 6829 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6830 /// headers within a class. 6831 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6832 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6833 PCC_Expression, 6834 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6835 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6836 PCC_Statement, 6837 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6838 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6839 PCC_ForInit, 6840 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6841 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6842 PCC_Condition, 6843 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6844 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6845 /// in the grammar. 6846 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6847 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6848 PCC_Type, 6849 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6850 /// might also be a type cast. 6851 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6852 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6853 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6854 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6855 }; 6856 6857 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6858 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6859 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6860 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6861 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6862 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6863 6864 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6865 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6866 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6867 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6868 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6869 bool IsArrow); 6870 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6871 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6872 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6873 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6874 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6875 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6876 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6877 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6878 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6879 6880 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6881 bool EnteringContext); 6882 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6883 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6884 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6885 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6886 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6887 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6888 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6889 unsigned NumInitializers); 6890 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6891 bool AfterAmpersand); 6892 6893 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6894 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6895 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6896 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6897 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6898 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6899 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6900 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6901 bool IsParameter); 6902 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6903 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6904 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6905 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6906 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6907 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6908 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6909 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6910 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6911 bool IsSuper = false); 6912 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6913 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6914 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6915 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6917 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6918 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6919 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6920 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6921 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6922 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6923 unsigned NumProtocols); 6924 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6925 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6926 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6927 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6928 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6929 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6930 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6931 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6932 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6933 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6934 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6935 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6936 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6937 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6938 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6939 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6940 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6941 ParsedType ReturnType); 6942 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 6943 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6944 bool AtParameterName, 6945 ParsedType ReturnType, 6946 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6947 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6948 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 6949 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 6950 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 6951 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 6952 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 6953 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 6954 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 6955 unsigned Argument); 6956 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 6957 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 6958 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 6959 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 6960 //@} 6961 6962 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6963 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 6964 6965public: 6966 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 6967 unsigned ByteNo) const; 6968 6969private: 6970 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6971 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 6972 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 6973 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 6974 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6975 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 6976 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 6977 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6978 6979 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 6980 6981 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6982 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6983 6984 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 6985 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 6986 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 6987 6988public: 6989 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 6990 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 6991 6992private: 6993 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 6994 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 6995 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 6996 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 6997 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 6998 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 6999 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7000 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7001 7002 enum FormatStringType { 7003 FST_Scanf, 7004 FST_Printf, 7005 FST_NSString, 7006 FST_Strftime, 7007 FST_Strfmon, 7008 FST_Kprintf, 7009 FST_Unknown 7010 }; 7011 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7012 bool SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7013 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7014 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7015 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7016 7017 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7018 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7019 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7020 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 7021 7022 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 7023 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7024 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7025 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7026 void CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7027 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7028 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7029 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7030 7031 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7032 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7033 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7034 7035 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7036 unsigned BId, 7037 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7038 7039 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7040 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7041 7042 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7043 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7044 7045 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7046 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7047 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7048 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7049 7050 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7051 Expr *Init); 7052 7053 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7054 /// 7055 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7056 Scope *CurScope; 7057 7058protected: 7059 friend class Parser; 7060 friend class InitializationSequence; 7061 friend class ASTReader; 7062 friend class ASTWriter; 7063 7064public: 7065 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7066 /// 7067 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7068 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7069 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7070 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7071 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7072 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7073 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7074 7075 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7076 7077 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7078 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7079 } 7080 7081 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7082}; 7083 7084/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7085class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7086 Sema &Actions; 7087 7088public: 7089 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7090 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7091 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7092 bool IsDecltype = false) 7093 : Actions(Actions) { 7094 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7095 IsDecltype); 7096 } 7097 7098 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7099 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7100 } 7101}; 7102 7103} // end namespace clang 7104 7105#endif 7106